blob: 1fddd3256f83082468a51612a6467342ef07edda [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff67391b82007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000023#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000024#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnerd2868512009-03-28 03:45:20 +000025#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4dc8a6f2007-05-20 23:50:58 +000026#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000027#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +000028#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000029#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000030#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000031#include "CXXABI.h"
Anders Carlssona4267a62009-07-18 21:19:52 +000032
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +000033using namespace clang;
34
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +000035unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
36unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +000037unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
38unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +000039unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
40unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +000041unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
43
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000044enum FloatingRank {
45 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
46};
47
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000048void
49ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
50 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
51 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
52 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
53 // FIXME: Parameter pack
54
55 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
56 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
57 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
58 PEnd = Params->end();
59 P != PEnd; ++P) {
60 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
61 ID.AddInteger(0);
62 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
63 continue;
64 }
65
66 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
67 ID.AddInteger(1);
68 // FIXME: Parameter pack
69 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
70 continue;
71 }
72
73 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
74 ID.AddInteger(2);
75 Profile(ID, TTP);
76 }
77}
78
79TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
80ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
81 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) {
82 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
83 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
84 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
85 void *InsertPos = 0;
86 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
87 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
88 if (Canonical)
89 return Canonical->getParam();
90
91 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
92 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
93 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
94 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
95 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
96 PEnd = Params->end();
97 P != PEnd; ++P) {
98 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
99 CanonParams.push_back(
100 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
101 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
102 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
103 TTP->isParameterPack()));
104 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
105 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P))
106 CanonParams.push_back(
107 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
108 SourceLocation(), NTTP->getDepth(),
109 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
110 getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()),
111 0));
112 else
113 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
114 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
115 }
116
117 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
118 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
119 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
120 TTP->getPosition(), 0,
121 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
122 SourceLocation(),
123 CanonParams.data(),
124 CanonParams.size(),
125 SourceLocation()));
126
127 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
128 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
129 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
130 (void)Canonical;
131
132 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
133 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
134 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
135 return CanonTTP;
136}
137
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000138CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000139 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
140
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000141 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000142 case CXXABI_ARM:
143 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
144 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000145 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000146 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
147 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
148 }
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000149 return 0;
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000150}
151
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000152ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar1b444192009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000153 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000154 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000155 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000156 unsigned size_reserve) :
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +0000157 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
158 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
Argyrios Kyrtzidise862cbc2010-07-04 21:44:19 +0000159 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false),
160 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000161 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +0000162 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
John McCall8cb7bdf2010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000163 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000164 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), ABI(createCXXABI(t)), Target(t),
Douglas Gregorc6d5edd2009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000165 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenek6aead3a2010-05-10 20:40:08 +0000166 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
167 DeclarationNames(*this),
168 ExternalSource(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Ted Kremenek520f47b2010-06-18 00:31:04 +0000169 LastSDM(0, 0),
170 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0), UniqueBlockParmTypeID(0) {
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000171 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
172 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000173 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000174 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000175 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000176 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000177}
178
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000179ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000180 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
181 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
182 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000183
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000184 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
185 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
186 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000187
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000188 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
189 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
190 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
191 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
192 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000193
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000194 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000195 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
196 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
197 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
198 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
199 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
200 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
201 R->Destroy(*this);
202
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000203 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
204 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
205 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
206 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
207 R->Destroy(*this);
208 }
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000209
210 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
211 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
212 A != AEnd; ++A)
213 A->second->~AttrVec();
214}
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000215
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000216void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
217 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
218}
219
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000220void
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000221ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
222 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
223}
224
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000225void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
226 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
227 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000228
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000229 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000230#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000231#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
232#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
233 0 // Extra
234 };
Douglas Gregorb1fe2c92009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000235
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000236 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
237 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000238 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000239 }
240
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000241 unsigned Idx = 0;
242 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
243#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
244 if (counts[Idx]) \
245 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
246 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
247 ++Idx;
248#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
249#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000250
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000251 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000252
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000253 // Implicit special member functions.
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000254 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit default constructors created\n",
255 NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared,
256 NumImplicitDefaultConstructors);
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000257 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n",
258 NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared,
259 NumImplicitCopyConstructors);
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000260 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n",
261 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared,
262 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000263 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit destructors created\n",
264 NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors);
265
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000266 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
267 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
268 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
269 }
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000270
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000271 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000272}
273
274
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000275void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000276 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000277 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000278 Types.push_back(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000279}
280
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000281void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
282 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000283
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000284 // C99 6.2.5p19.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000285 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000286
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000287 // C99 6.2.5p2.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000288 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000289 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman9ffd4a92009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000290 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Chris Lattnerb16f4552007-06-03 07:25:34 +0000291 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
292 else
293 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000294 // C99 6.2.5p4.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000295 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
296 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
297 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
298 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
299 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000300
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000301 // C99 6.2.5p6.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000302 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
303 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
304 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
305 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
306 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000307
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000308 // C99 6.2.5p10.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000309 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
310 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
311 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000312
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000313 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
314 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
315 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
316
Chris Lattner007cb022009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000317 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
318 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
319 else // C99
320 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000321
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000322 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
323 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
324 else // C99
325 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
326
327 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
328 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
329 else // C99
330 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
331
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000332 // Placeholder type for functions.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000333 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
334
335 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
336 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
337 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
338 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
339 // expressions.
340 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000341
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000342 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlsson082acde2009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000343 // not yet been deduced.
344 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000345
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000346 // C99 6.2.5p11.
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +0000347 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
348 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
349 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000350
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000351 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000352
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000353 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
354 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
355 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000356 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000357
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000358 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000359 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
360 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000361 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000362
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000363 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000364
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000365 // void * type
366 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000367
368 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
369 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000370}
371
Argyrios Kyrtzidisca0d0cd2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000372Diagnostic &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
373 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
374}
375
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000376AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
377 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
378 if (!Result) {
379 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
380 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
381 }
382
383 return *Result;
384}
385
386/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
387void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
388 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
389 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
390 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
391 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
392 }
393}
394
395
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000396MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000397ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000398 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000399 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000400 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
401 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
402 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000403
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000404 return Pos->second;
405}
406
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000407void
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000408ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000409 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
410 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000411 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
412 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
413 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
414 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000415 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000416 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000417}
418
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000419NamedDecl *
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000420ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000421 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000422 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
423 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000424 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000425
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000426 return Pos->second;
427}
428
429void
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000430ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
431 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
432 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
433 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
434 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
435 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
436 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
437}
438
439UsingShadowDecl *
440ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
441 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
442 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
443 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
444 return 0;
445
446 return Pos->second;
447}
448
449void
450ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
451 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
452 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
453 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000454}
455
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000456FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
457 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
458 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
459 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
460 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000461
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000462 return Pos->second;
463}
464
465void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
466 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
467 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
468 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
469 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
470 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000471
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000472 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
473}
474
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000475ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
476ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
477 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
478 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
479 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
480 return 0;
481
482 return Pos->second.begin();
483}
484
485ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
486ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
487 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
488 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
489 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
490 return 0;
491
492 return Pos->second.end();
493}
494
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000495unsigned
496ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
497 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
498 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
499 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
500 return 0;
501
502 return Pos->second.size();
503}
504
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000505void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
506 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
507 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
508}
509
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000510//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
511// Type Sizing and Analysis
512//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000513
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000514/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
515/// scalar floating point type.
516const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000517 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000518 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
519 switch (BT->getKind()) {
520 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
521 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
522 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
523 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
524 }
525}
526
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000527/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000528/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
529/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000530/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
531/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000532CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) {
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000533 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
534
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000535 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
536 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
537 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000538
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000539 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
540 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
541 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
542 //
543 // It is an error for [[align]] to decrease alignment, so we can
544 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
545 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
546 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
547 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
548 } else {
549 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
550 }
551 }
552
553 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
554 // ignore type of value
555 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000556 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000557 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000558 if (RefAsPointee)
559 T = RT->getPointeeType();
560 else
561 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
562 }
563 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
Rafael Espindolae971b9a2010-06-04 23:15:27 +0000564 unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth();
565 unsigned ArrayAlign = Target.getLargeArrayAlign();
566 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) && MinWidth != 0)
567 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
568 if (ConstantArrayType *CT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) {
569 unsigned Size = getTypeSize(CT);
570 if (MinWidth != 0 && MinWidth <= Size)
571 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
572 }
Anders Carlsson9b5038e2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000573 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000574 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
575 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
576
577 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
578 }
Charles Davis3fc51072010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000579 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
580 // In the case of a field in a packed struct, we want the minimum
581 // of the alignment of the field and the alignment of the struct.
582 Align = std::min(Align,
583 getPreferredTypeAlign(FD->getParent()->getTypeForDecl()));
584 }
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000585 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000586
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000587 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align / Target.getCharWidth());
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000588}
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000589
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000590std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
591ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) {
592 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
593 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.first / getCharWidth()),
594 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.second / getCharWidth()));
595}
596
597std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
598ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) {
599 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
600}
601
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000602/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
603/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000604///
605/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
606/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
607/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000608std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000609ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5b9a3d52009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000610 uint64_t Width=0;
611 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000612 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000613#define TYPE(Class, Base)
614#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000615#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000616#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
617#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000618 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000619 break;
620
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000621 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
622 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000623 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
624 Width = 0;
625 Align = 32;
626 break;
627
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000628 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000629 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000630 Width = 0;
631 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
632 break;
633
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000634 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000635 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000636
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000637 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000638 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000639 Align = EltInfo.second;
640 break;
Christopher Lambc5fafa22007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000641 }
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000642 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000643 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000644 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
645 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
646 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman3df5efe2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000647 Align = Width;
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000648 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
649 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohmanef78c8e2010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000650 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000651 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
652 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
653 }
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000654 break;
655 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000656
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000657 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000658 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000659 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000660 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000661 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
662 Width = 0;
663 Align = 8;
664 break;
665
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000666 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000667 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
668 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000669 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000670 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
671 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
672 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000673 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000674 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
675 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000676 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000677 case BuiltinType::WChar:
678 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
679 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
680 break;
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000681 case BuiltinType::Char16:
682 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
683 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
684 break;
685 case BuiltinType::Char32:
686 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
687 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
688 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000689 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000690 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000691 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
692 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000693 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000694 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000695 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000696 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
697 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000698 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000699 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000700 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000701 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
702 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000703 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000704 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000705 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000706 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
707 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000708 break;
Chris Lattner0a415ec2009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000709 case BuiltinType::Int128:
710 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
711 Width = 128;
712 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
713 break;
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000714 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000715 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
716 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000717 break;
718 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000719 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
720 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000721 break;
722 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000723 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
724 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000725 break;
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000726 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
727 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
728 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redla81b0b72009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000729 break;
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000730 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
731 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
732 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
733 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
734 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
735 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000736 }
Chris Lattner48f84b82007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000737 break;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000738 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000739 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000740 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000741 break;
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000742 case Type::BlockPointer: {
743 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
744 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
745 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
746 break;
747 }
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000748 case Type::LValueReference:
749 case Type::RValueReference: {
750 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
751 // the pointer route.
752 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
753 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
754 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
755 break;
756 }
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000757 case Type::Pointer: {
758 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000759 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000760 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
761 break;
762 }
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000763 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000764 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000765 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000766 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000767 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000768 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
769 break;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000770 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000771 case Type::Complex: {
772 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
773 // size.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000774 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000775 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000776 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000777 Align = EltInfo.second;
778 break;
779 }
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000780 case Type::ObjCObject:
781 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000782 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000783 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000784 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
785 Width = Layout.getSize();
786 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
787 break;
788 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000789 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000790 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000791 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
792
793 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner572100b2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000794 Width = 1;
795 Align = 1;
796 break;
797 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000798
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000799 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000800 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
801
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000802 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000803 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
804 Width = Layout.getSize();
805 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattner49a953a2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000806 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000807 }
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000808
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000809 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000810 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
811 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000812
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000813 case Type::Typedef: {
814 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000815 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
816 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
817 Align = std::max(Typedef->getMaxAlignment(), Info.second);
818 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000819 break;
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000820 }
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000821
822 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
823 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
824 .getTypePtr());
825
826 case Type::TypeOf:
827 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
828
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000829 case Type::Decltype:
830 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
831 .getTypePtr());
832
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +0000833 case Type::Elaborated:
834 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000835
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000836 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000837 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000838 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
839 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
840 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
841 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
842 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
843 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000844
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000845 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000846 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000847}
848
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000849/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
850/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
851CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000852 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000853}
854CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000855 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000856}
857
Ken Dycka6046ab2010-01-26 17:25:18 +0000858/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000859/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
860CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) {
861 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
862}
863CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) {
864 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
865}
866
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000867/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
868/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
869/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
870/// a data type.
871unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
872 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000873
874 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000875 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000876 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
877 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
878 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
879 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
880
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000881 return ABIAlign;
882}
883
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000884/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
885/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
886///
887void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000888 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000889 // FIXME. This need be removed but there are two many places which
890 // assume const-ness of ObjCInterfaceDecl
891 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
892 for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
893 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
894 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000895}
896
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000897/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
898/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
899/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
900/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
901/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000902///
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000903void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
904 bool leafClass,
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000905 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000906 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
907 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
908 if (!leafClass) {
909 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
910 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000911 Ivars.push_back(*I);
912 }
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000913 else
914 ShallowCollectObjCIvars(OI, Ivars);
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000915}
916
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000917/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
918/// those inherited by it.
919void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000920 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000921 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +0000922 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
923 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
924 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
925 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000926 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000927 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000928 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000929 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
930 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000931 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
932 }
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000933 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000934
935 // Categories of this Interface.
936 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
937 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
938 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
939 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
940 while (SD) {
941 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
942 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
943 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000944 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +0000945 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000946 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
947 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000948 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000949 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
950 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
951 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
952 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000953 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000954 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
955 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
956 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000957 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000958 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
959 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
960 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
961 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000962 }
963}
964
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000965unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
966 unsigned count = 0;
967 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian3bf0ded2010-06-22 23:20:40 +0000968 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
969 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000970 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
971
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000972 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
973 // includes synthesized ivars.
974 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000975 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
976
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000977 return count;
978}
979
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6d9fab72009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000980/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
981ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
982 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
983 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
984 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
985 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
986 return 0;
987}
988/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
989ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
990 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
991 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
992 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
993 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
994 return 0;
995}
996
997/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
998void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
999 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1000 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1001 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1002}
1003/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1004void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1005 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1006 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1007 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1008}
1009
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001010/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001011///
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001012/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001013/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1014///
1015/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1016/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1017/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001018TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001019 unsigned DataSize) {
1020 if (!DataSize)
1021 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1022 else
1023 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001024 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001025
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001026 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1027 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1028 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1029 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001030}
1031
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001032TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001033 SourceLocation L) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001034 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001035 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
1036 return DI;
1037}
1038
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001039const ASTRecordLayout &
1040ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1041 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1042}
1043
1044const ASTRecordLayout &
1045ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1046 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1047}
1048
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001049//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1050// Type creation/memoization methods
1051//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1052
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001053QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1054 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1055 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1056
1057 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1058 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1059 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1060 void *InsertPos = 0;
1061 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1062 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1063 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1064 return T;
1065 }
1066
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001067 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(*this, TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001068 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1069 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1070 return T;
1071}
1072
1073QualType ASTContext::getVolatileType(QualType T) {
1074 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1075 if (CanT.isVolatileQualified()) return T;
1076
1077 QualifierCollector Quals;
1078 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
1079 Quals.addVolatile();
1080
1081 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
1082}
1083
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001084QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001085 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1086 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattner445fcab2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001087 return T;
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001088
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001089 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1090 // into one ExtQuals node.
1091 QualifierCollector Quals;
1092 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001093
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001094 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1095 // another one.
1096 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1097 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1098 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001099
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001100 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lamb025b5fb2008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001101}
1102
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001103QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001104 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001105 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001106 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001107 return T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001108
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001109 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001110 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001111 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001112 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1113 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1114 }
1115 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001116
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001117 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1118 // into one ExtQuals node.
1119 QualifierCollector Quals;
1120 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001121
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001122 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1123 // another one.
1124 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1125 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1126 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001127
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001128 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001129}
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001130
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001131static QualType getExtFunctionType(ASTContext& Context, QualType T,
1132 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001133 QualType ResultType;
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001134 if (const PointerType *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1135 QualType Pointee = Pointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001136 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001137 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1138 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001139
1140 ResultType = Context.getPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001141 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BlockPointer
1142 = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
1143 QualType Pointee = BlockPointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001144 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001145 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1146 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001147
1148 ResultType = Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregoreece0ea2010-09-01 16:29:03 +00001149 } else if (const MemberPointerType *MemberPointer
1150 = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
1151 QualType Pointee = MemberPointer->getPointeeType();
1152 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
1153 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1154 return T;
1155
1156 ResultType = Context.getMemberPointerType(ResultType,
1157 MemberPointer->getClass());
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001158 } else if (const FunctionType *F = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001159 if (F->getExtInfo() == Info)
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001160 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001161
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001162 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(F)) {
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001163 ResultType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001164 Info);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001165 } else {
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001166 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001167 ResultType
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001168 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1169 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
1170 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
1171 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
1172 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1173 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
1174 FPT->exception_begin(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001175 Info);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001176 }
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001177 } else
1178 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001179
1180 return Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
1181}
1182
1183QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T, bool AddNoReturn) {
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001184 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001185 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1186 Info.withNoReturn(AddNoReturn));
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001187}
1188
1189QualType ASTContext::getCallConvType(QualType T, CallingConv CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001190 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001191 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1192 Info.withCallingConv(CallConv));
Mike Stump8c5d7992009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001193}
1194
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001195QualType ASTContext::getRegParmType(QualType T, unsigned RegParm) {
1196 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
1197 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1198 Info.withRegParm(RegParm));
1199}
1200
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001201/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1202/// number with the specified element type.
1203QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1204 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1205 // structure.
1206 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1207 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001208
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001209 void *InsertPos = 0;
1210 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1211 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001212
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001213 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1214 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1215 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001216 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001217 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001218
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001219 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1220 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001221 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001222 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001223 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001224 Types.push_back(New);
1225 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1226 return QualType(New, 0);
1227}
1228
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00001229/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1230/// the specified type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001231QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +00001232 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1233 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001234 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001235 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001236
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001237 void *InsertPos = 0;
1238 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001239 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001240
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001241 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1242 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001243 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001244 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001245 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001246
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001247 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1248 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001249 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001250 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001251 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001252 Types.push_back(New);
1253 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001254 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001255}
1256
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001257/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001258/// a pointer to the specified block.
1259QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff0ac012832008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001260 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1261 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001262 // structure.
1263 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1264 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001265
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001266 void *InsertPos = 0;
1267 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1268 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1269 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001270
1271 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001272 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1273 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001274 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001275 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001276
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001277 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1278 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1279 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001280 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001281 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001282 BlockPointerType *New
1283 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001284 Types.push_back(New);
1285 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1286 return QualType(New, 0);
1287}
1288
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001289/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1290/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001291QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001292 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1293 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001294 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001295 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001296
1297 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001298 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1299 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001300 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001301
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001302 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1303
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001304 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1305 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1306 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001307 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1308 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1309 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001310
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001311 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001312 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1313 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001314 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001315 }
1316
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001317 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001318 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1319 SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001320 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001321 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001322
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001323 return QualType(New, 0);
1324}
1325
1326/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1327/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1328QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1329 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1330 // structure.
1331 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001332 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001333
1334 void *InsertPos = 0;
1335 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1336 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1337 return QualType(RT, 0);
1338
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001339 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1340
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001341 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1342 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1343 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001344 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1345 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1346 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001347
1348 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1349 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1350 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1351 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1352 }
1353
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001354 RValueReferenceType *New
1355 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001356 Types.push_back(New);
1357 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001358 return QualType(New, 0);
1359}
1360
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001361/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1362/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001363QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001364 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1365 // structure.
1366 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1367 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1368
1369 void *InsertPos = 0;
1370 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1371 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1372 return QualType(PT, 0);
1373
1374 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1375 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1376 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor615ac672009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001377 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001378 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1379
1380 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1381 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1382 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1383 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1384 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001385 MemberPointerType *New
1386 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001387 Types.push_back(New);
1388 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1389 return QualType(New, 0);
1390}
1391
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001392/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001393/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001394QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001395 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001396 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1397 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl2dfdb822009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001398 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1399 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedmanbe7e42b2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001400 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1401
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001402 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1403 // the target.
1404 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
1405 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001406
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001407 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner780b46f2009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001408 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001409
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001410 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001411 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001412 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001413 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001414
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001415 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1416 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001417 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001418 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001419 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001420 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001421 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001422 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001423 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001424 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001425 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001426
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001427 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1428 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001429 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001430 Types.push_back(New);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001431 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001432}
1433
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001434/// getIncompleteArrayType - Returns a unique reference to the type for a
1435/// incomplete array of the specified element type.
1436QualType ASTContext::getUnknownSizeVariableArrayType(QualType Ty) {
1437 QualType ElemTy = getBaseElementType(Ty);
1438 DeclarationName Name;
1439 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ATypes;
1440 QualType ATy = Ty;
1441 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ATy)) {
1442 ATypes.push_back(ATy);
1443 ATy = AT->getElementType();
1444 }
1445 for (int i = ATypes.size() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
1446 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = getAsVariableArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1447 ElemTy = getVariableArrayType(ElemTy, /*ArraySize*/0, ArrayType::Star,
1448 0, VAT->getBracketsRange());
1449 }
1450 else if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = getAsConstantArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1451 llvm::APSInt ConstVal(CAT->getSize());
1452 ElemTy = getConstantArrayType(ElemTy, ConstVal, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1453 }
1454 else if (getAsIncompleteArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1455 ElemTy = getVariableArrayType(ElemTy, /*ArraySize*/0, ArrayType::Normal,
1456 0, SourceRange());
1457 }
1458 else
1459 assert(false && "DependentArrayType is seen");
1460 }
1461 return ElemTy;
1462}
1463
1464/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Returns a vla type where known sizes
1465/// are replaced with [*]
1466QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
1467 if (Ty->isPointerType()) {
1468 QualType BaseType = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1469 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(BaseType)) {
1470 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(BaseType);
1471 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
1472 if (VAT->getSizeExpr()) {
1473 Ty = getUnknownSizeVariableArrayType(BaseType);
1474 Ty = getPointerType(Ty);
1475 }
1476 }
1477 }
1478 return Ty;
1479}
1480
1481
Steve Naroffcadebd02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001482/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1483/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001484QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1485 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001486 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001487 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1488 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001489 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1490 // that have an expression provided for their size.
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001491 QualType CanonType;
1492
1493 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
1494 if (NumElts)
1495 NumElts->Retain();
1496 CanonType = getVariableArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), NumElts, ASM,
1497 EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
1498 }
1499
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001500 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001501 VariableArrayType(EltTy, CanonType, NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001502
1503 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1504 Types.push_back(New);
1505 return QualType(New, 0);
1506}
1507
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001508/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1509/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001510/// type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001511QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1512 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001513 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001514 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1515 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001516 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1517 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001518 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1519
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001520 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001521 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001522 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001523
1524 if (NumElts) {
1525 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1526 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1527 // initializer.
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001528 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(EltTy), ASM,
1529 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1530
1531 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1532 }
1533
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001534 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1535 if (Canon) {
1536 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1537 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001538 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1539 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1540 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001541 } else {
1542 QualType CanonEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
1543 if (CanonEltTy == EltTy) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001544 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1545 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1546 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001547
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001548 if (NumElts) {
1549 DependentSizedArrayType *CanonCheck
1550 = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1551 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized canonical array type broken");
1552 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001553 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001554 }
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001555 } else {
1556 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonEltTy, NumElts,
1557 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1558 SourceRange());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001559 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1560 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1561 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001562 }
1563 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001564
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001565 Types.push_back(New);
1566 return QualType(New, 0);
1567}
1568
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001569QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1570 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1571 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1572 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner780b46f2009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001573 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001574
1575 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001576 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001577 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1578 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1579
1580 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1581 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1582 QualType Canonical;
1583
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001584 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001585 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001586 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001587
1588 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1589 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1590 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001591 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001592 }
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001593
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001594 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1595 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001596
1597 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1598 Types.push_back(New);
1599 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001600}
1601
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001602/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1603/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001604QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00001605 VectorType::AltiVecSpecific AltiVecSpec) {
1606 BuiltinType *BaseType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001607
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00001608 BaseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
1609 assert(BaseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001610
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001611 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1612 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001613 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, AltiVecSpec);
1614
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001615 void *InsertPos = 0;
1616 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1617 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1618
1619 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1620 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1621 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001622 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001623 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts,
1624 VectorType::NotAltiVec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001625
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001626 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1627 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001628 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001629 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001630 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001631 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, AltiVecSpec);
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001632 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1633 Types.push_back(New);
1634 return QualType(New, 0);
1635}
1636
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001637/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001638/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001639QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001640 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001641
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001642 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001643 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001644
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001645 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1646 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001647 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
1648 VectorType::NotAltiVec);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001649 void *InsertPos = 0;
1650 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1651 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1652
1653 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1654 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1655 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001656 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001657 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001658
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001659 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1660 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001661 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001662 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001663 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1664 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001665 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1666 Types.push_back(New);
1667 return QualType(New, 0);
1668}
1669
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001670QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001671 Expr *SizeExpr,
1672 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001673 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001674 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001675 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001676
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001677 void *InsertPos = 0;
1678 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1679 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1680 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1681 if (Canon) {
1682 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1683 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001684 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1685 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1686 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001687 } else {
1688 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1689 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001690 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1691 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1692 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001693
1694 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1695 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1696 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1697 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001698 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1699 } else {
1700 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1701 SourceLocation());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001702 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1703 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001704 }
1705 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001706
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001707 Types.push_back(New);
1708 return QualType(New, 0);
1709}
1710
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001711/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001712///
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001713QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1714 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1715 const CallingConv CallConv = Info.getCC();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001716 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1717 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001718 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001719 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001720
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001721 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001722 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001723 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001724 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001725
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001726 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001727 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001728 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001729 Canonical =
1730 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1731 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001732
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001733 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001734 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1735 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001736 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001737 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001738
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001739 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001740 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info);
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001741 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001742 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001743 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001744}
1745
1746/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1747/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001748QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22c40fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001749 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001750 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1751 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001752 const QualType *ExArray,
1753 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
Douglas Gregor7fb25412010-10-01 18:44:50 +00001754
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001755 const CallingConv CallConv= Info.getCC();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001756 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1757 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001758 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001759 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001760 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001761 NumExs, ExArray, Info);
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001762
1763 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001764 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001765 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001766 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001767
1768 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001769 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001770 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001771 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001772 isCanonical = false;
1773
1774 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001775 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001776 QualType Canonical;
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001777 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001778 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001779 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1780 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001781 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001782
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001783 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001784 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf9bd4ec2009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001785 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001786 false, 0, 0,
1787 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001788
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001789 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001790 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1791 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001792 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001793 }
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001794
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001795 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001796 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1797 // end of them.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001798 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001799 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1800 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001801 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001802 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001803 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001804 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, Info);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001805 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001806 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001807 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001808}
Chris Lattneref51c202006-11-10 07:17:23 +00001809
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001810#ifndef NDEBUG
1811static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
1812 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
1813 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
1814 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1815 return true;
1816 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
1817 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1818 return true;
1819 return false;
1820}
1821#endif
1822
1823/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
1824/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
1825QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
1826 QualType TST) {
1827 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
1828 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
1829 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2c2167a2010-07-02 11:55:32 +00001830 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001831 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
1832 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
1833 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
1834 } else {
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001835 Decl->TypeForDecl =
1836 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001837 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1838 }
1839 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1840}
1841
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001842/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1843/// specified type declaration.
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001844QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis89656d22008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001845 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001846 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001847
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001848 if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001849 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001850
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001851 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
1852 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
1853
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001854 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001855 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1856 "struct/union has previous declaration");
1857 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001858 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001859 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001860 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1861 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001862 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001863 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001864 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
1865 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001866 } else
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001867 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001868
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001869 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001870 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001871}
1872
Chris Lattner32d920b2007-01-26 02:01:53 +00001873/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00001874/// specified typename decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001875QualType
1876ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefDecl *Decl, QualType Canonical) {
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001877 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001878
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001879 if (Canonical.isNull())
1880 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001881 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1882 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Chris Lattnercceab1a2007-03-26 20:16:44 +00001883 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001884 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00001885}
1886
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001887QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) {
1888 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1889
1890 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1891 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1892 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1893
1894 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
1895 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1896 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1897}
1898
1899QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) {
1900 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1901
1902 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1903 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1904 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1905
1906 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
1907 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1908 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1909}
1910
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001911/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1912QualType
1913ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1914 QualType Replacement) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001915 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001916 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1917
1918 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1919 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1920 void *InsertPos = 0;
1921 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1922 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1923
1924 if (!SubstParm) {
1925 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1926 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1927 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1928 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1929 }
1930
1931 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1932}
1933
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001934/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001935/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001936/// name.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001937QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001938 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001939 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001940 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001941 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001942 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001943 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001944 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1945
1946 if (TypeParm)
1947 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001948
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001949 if (Name) {
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001950 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001951 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1952 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001953
1954 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
1955 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1956 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
1957 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001958 } else
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001959 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1960 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001961
1962 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1963 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1964
1965 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1966}
1967
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001968TypeSourceInfo *
1969ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
1970 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1971 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
1972 QualType CanonType) {
1973 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType);
1974
1975 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
1976 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
1977 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
1978 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
1979 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
1980 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
1981 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
1982 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
1983 return DI;
1984}
1985
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001986QualType
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001987ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001988 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00001989 QualType Canon) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001990 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
1991
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001992 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
1993 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
1994 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
1995 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
1996
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001997 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00001998 Canon);
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001999}
2000
2001QualType
2002ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002003 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2004 unsigned NumArgs,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00002005 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregor15301382009-07-30 17:40:51 +00002006 if (!Canon.isNull())
2007 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002008 else
2009 Canon = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregord56a91e2009-02-26 22:19:44 +00002010
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002011 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
2012 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
2013 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002014 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregorc40290e2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00002015 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002016 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002017 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002018 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002019 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor00044172009-07-29 16:09:57 +00002020 Canon);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002021
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002022 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002023 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002024}
2025
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002026QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002027ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
2028 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2029 unsigned NumArgs) {
2030 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
2031 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
2032 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
2033 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2034 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2035 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
2036
2037 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
2038 // exists.
2039 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2040 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
2041 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
2042
2043 void *InsertPos = 0;
2044 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
2045 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2046
2047 if (!Spec) {
2048 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
2049 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2050 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2051 TypeAlignment);
2052 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
2053 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
2054 QualType());
2055 Types.push_back(Spec);
2056 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
2057 }
2058
2059 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
2060 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
2061 return QualType(Spec, 0);
2062}
2063
2064QualType
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002065ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2066 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2067 QualType NamedType) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002068 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002069 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002070
2071 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002072 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002073 if (T)
2074 return QualType(T, 0);
2075
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002076 QualType Canon = NamedType;
2077 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2078 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002079 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2080 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002081 (void)CheckT;
2082 }
2083
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002084 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002085 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002086 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002087 return QualType(T, 0);
2088}
2089
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002090QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2091 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2092 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2093 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002094 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2095
2096 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2097 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002098 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2099 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2100 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2101
2102 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2103 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002104 }
2105
2106 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002107 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002108
2109 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002110 DependentNameType *T
2111 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002112 if (T)
2113 return QualType(T, 0);
2114
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002115 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002116 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002117 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002118 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002119}
2120
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002121QualType
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002122ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2123 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002124 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002125 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2126 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) {
2127 // TODO: avoid this copy
2128 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
2129 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2130 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2131 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2132 ArgCopy.size(),
2133 ArgCopy.data());
2134}
2135
2136QualType
2137ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2138 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2139 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2140 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2141 unsigned NumArgs,
2142 const TemplateArgument *Args) {
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002143 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2144
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002145 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002146 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2147 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002148
2149 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002150 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2151 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002152 if (T)
2153 return QualType(T, 0);
2154
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002155 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002156
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002157 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2158 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2159
2160 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
2161 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
2162 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2163 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2164 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2165 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002166 }
2167
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002168 QualType Canon;
2169 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2170 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2171 Name, NumArgs,
2172 CanonArgs.data());
2173
2174 // Find the insert position again.
2175 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2176 }
2177
2178 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2179 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2180 TypeAlignment);
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002181 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002182 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002183 Types.push_back(T);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002184 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002185 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002186}
2187
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002188/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2189/// alphabetically.
2190static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2191 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor77324f32008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002192 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002193}
2194
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002195static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002196 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2197 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2198
2199 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2200 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2201 return false;
2202 return true;
2203}
2204
2205static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002206 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2207 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002208
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002209 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2210 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2211
2212 // Remove duplicates.
2213 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2214 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2215}
2216
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002217QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2218 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
2219 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2220 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2221 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2222 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2223 return BaseType;
2224
2225 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002226 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002227 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002228 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002229 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2230 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002231
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002232 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2233 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002234 QualType Canonical;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002235 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2236 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2237 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002238 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2239 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002240 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2241
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002242 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002243 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2244 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002245 } else {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002246 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2247 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002248 }
2249
2250 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002251 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2252 }
2253
2254 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2255 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2256 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2257 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2258 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2259
2260 Types.push_back(T);
2261 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2262 return QualType(T, 0);
2263}
2264
2265/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2266/// the given object type.
2267QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) {
2268 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2269 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2270
2271 void *InsertPos = 0;
2272 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2273 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2274 return QualType(QT, 0);
2275
2276 // Find the canonical object type.
2277 QualType Canonical;
2278 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2279 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2280
2281 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002282 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2283 }
2284
Douglas Gregorf85bee62010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002285 // No match.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002286 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2287 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2288 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002289
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002290 Types.push_back(QType);
2291 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002292 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002293}
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002294
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002295/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2296/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
2297QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
2298 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2299 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002300
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002301 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2302 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2303 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2304 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2305 Types.push_back(T);
2306 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002307}
2308
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002309/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2310/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002311/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002312/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002313/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002314QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002315 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002316 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2317 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2318 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002319
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002320 void *InsertPos = 0;
2321 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2322 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2323 if (Canon) {
2324 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2325 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002326 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002327 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2328 }
2329 else {
2330 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002331 Canon
2332 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002333 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2334 toe = Canon;
2335 }
2336 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002337 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002338 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002339 }
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002340 Types.push_back(toe);
2341 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002342}
2343
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002344/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2345/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2346/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002347/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002348/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002349QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002350 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002351 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002352 Types.push_back(tot);
2353 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002354}
2355
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002356/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2357/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2358static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlsson7d209572009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002359 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2360 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002361
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002362 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2363 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2364 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2365 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2366 return VD->getType();
2367 }
2368 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2369 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2370 return FD->getType();
2371 }
2372 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2373 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2374 // return type of that function.
2375 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2376 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002377
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002378 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002379
2380 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002381 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
2382 if (e->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
2383 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002384
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002385 return T;
2386}
2387
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002388/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2389/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2390/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002391/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002392/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2393QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002394 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002395 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2396 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2397 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002398
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002399 void *InsertPos = 0;
2400 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2401 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2402 if (Canon) {
2403 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2404 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002405 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002406 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2407 }
2408 else {
2409 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002410 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002411 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2412 dt = Canon;
2413 }
2414 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002415 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002416 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002417 }
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002418 Types.push_back(dt);
2419 return QualType(dt, 0);
2420}
2421
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002422/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2423/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002424QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenek2b0ce112007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002425 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002426 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2427 // away const? mutable?
2428 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002429}
2430
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002431/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2432/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2433/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlsson22f443f2009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002434CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002435 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00002436}
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002437
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002438/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2439/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2440QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2441 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2442 return WCharTy;
2443}
2444
2445/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2446/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2447QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2448 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2449 return UnsignedIntTy;
2450}
2451
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002452/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2453/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2454QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002455 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002456}
2457
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002458//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2459// Type Operators
2460//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2461
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002462CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2463 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2464 // qualifiers.
2465 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002466 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002467 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002468 QualType Result;
2469 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2470 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2471 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2472 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2473 } else {
2474 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2475 }
2476
2477 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2478}
2479
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002480/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2481/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2482/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2483/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2484/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2485/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002486CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002487 QualifierCollector Quals;
2488 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2489 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002490
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002491 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2492 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2493
2494 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2495 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002496 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002497
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002498 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2499 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2500 // type.
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002501 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2502 if (!AT)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002503 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002504
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002505 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2506 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002507 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002508 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002509
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002510 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002511 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2512 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2513 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002514 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002515 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002516 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2517 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002518 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002519
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002520 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002521 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2522 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedman04fddf02009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002523 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2524 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002525 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002526 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor326b2fa2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002527 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002528
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002529 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002530 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedman04fddf02009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002531 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2532 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002533 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002534 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002535 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002536}
2537
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002538QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType T,
2539 Qualifiers &Quals) {
Chandler Carruth04bdce62010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002540 Quals = T.getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002541 const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(T);
2542 if (!AT) {
Chandler Carruth04bdce62010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002543 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002544 }
2545
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002546 QualType Elt = AT->getElementType();
Zhongxing Xucd321a32010-01-05 08:15:06 +00002547 QualType UnqualElt = getUnqualifiedArrayType(Elt, Quals);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002548 if (Elt == UnqualElt)
2549 return T;
2550
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002551 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002552 return getConstantArrayType(UnqualElt, CAT->getSize(),
2553 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2554 }
2555
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002556 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002557 return getIncompleteArrayType(UnqualElt, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2558 }
2559
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002560 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
2561 return getVariableArrayType(UnqualElt,
2562 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2563 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
2564 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2565 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2566 VAT->getBracketsRange());
2567 }
2568
2569 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002570 return getDependentSizedArrayType(UnqualElt, DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain(),
2571 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2572 SourceRange());
2573}
2574
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00002575/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
2576/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
2577/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
2578/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
2579/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
2580/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
2581/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
2582/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
2583bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
2584 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
2585 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
2586 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
2587 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
2588 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
2589 return true;
2590 }
2591
2592 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
2593 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2594 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
2595 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
2596 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
2597 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
2598 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
2599 return true;
2600 }
2601
2602 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
2603 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
2604 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
2605 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
2606 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
2607 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
2608 return true;
2609 }
2610 }
2611
2612 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
2613
2614 return false;
2615}
2616
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002617DeclarationNameInfo ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
2618 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002619 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002620 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2621 return DeclarationNameInfo(TD->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
2622
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002623 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002624 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002625 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002626 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2627 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002628 } else {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002629 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2630 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
2631 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
2632 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2633 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2634 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002635 }
2636 }
2637
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002638 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2639 assert(Storage);
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002640 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2641 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002642}
2643
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002644TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002645 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2646 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
2647 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
2648 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
2649
2650 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002651 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002652 }
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002653
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002654 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002655
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002656 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2657 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2658 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2659}
2660
Douglas Gregoradee3e32009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002661bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2662 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2663 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2664 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2665}
2666
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002667TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002668ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2669 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2670 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2671 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002672
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002673 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002674 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002675
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002676 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002677 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002678
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002679 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2680 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2681
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002682 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002683 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002684 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002685
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002686 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002687 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002688
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002689 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
2690 // FIXME: Allocate in ASTContext
2691 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs = new TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
2692 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002693 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002694 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2695 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2696 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002697
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002698 TemplateArgument Result;
2699 Result.setArgumentPack(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size(), false);
2700 return Result;
2701 }
2702 }
2703
2704 // Silence GCC warning
2705 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2706 return TemplateArgument();
2707}
2708
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002709NestedNameSpecifier *
2710ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002711 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002712 return 0;
2713
2714 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2715 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2716 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002717 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002718 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2719 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2720
2721 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2722 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2723 // this namespace and no prefix.
2724 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2725
2726 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2727 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2728 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002729 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2730 NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002731 T.getTypePtr());
2732 }
2733
2734 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2735 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2736 return NNS;
2737 }
2738
2739 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2740 return 0;
2741}
2742
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002743
2744const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2745 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002746 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002747 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2748 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2749 return AT;
2750 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002751
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002752 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002753 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002754 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002755 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002756
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002757 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002758 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2759 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002760
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002761 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2762 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002763 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002764
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002765 QualifierCollector Qs;
2766 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002767
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002768 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2769 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002770 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002771 return ATy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002772
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002773 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2774 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2775 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2776 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002777 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002778
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002779 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2780 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2781 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002782 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002783 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2784 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2785 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002786 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002787
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002788 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002789 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2790 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002791 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedman04fddf02009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002792 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2793 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002794 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002795 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002796 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002797
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002798 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002799 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedman04fddf02009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002800 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002801 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002802 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002803 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002804 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002805}
2806
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002807/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2808/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2809/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2810/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2811///
2812/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2813QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002814 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2815 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2816 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2817 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2818 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2819 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002820
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002821 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002822
2823 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002824 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002825}
2826
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002827QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002828 QualifierCollector Qs;
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002829 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(Qs.strip(QT), 0)))
2830 QT = AT->getElementType();
2831 return Qs.apply(QT);
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002832}
2833
Anders Carlsson4bf82142009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002834QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2835 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002836
Anders Carlsson4bf82142009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002837 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2838 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002839
Anders Carlssone0808df2008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002840 return ElemTy;
2841}
2842
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002843/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002844uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002845ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2846 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2847 do {
2848 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2849 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2850 } while (CA);
2851 return ElementCount;
2852}
2853
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00002854/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2855/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002856static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002857 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002858 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002859
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002860 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2861 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002862 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002863 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2864 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2865 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002866 }
2867}
2868
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002869/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2870/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002871/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2872/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002873QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2874 QualType Domain) const {
2875 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2876 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2877 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002878 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002879 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2880 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2881 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2882 }
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00002883 }
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002884
2885 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2886 switch (EltRank) {
2887 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2888 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2889 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2890 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002891 }
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002892}
2893
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002894/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2895/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2896/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002897/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002898int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2899 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2900 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002901
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002902 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002903 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002904 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002905 return 1;
2906 return -1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002907}
2908
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002909/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2910/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2911/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002912unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002913 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002914 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002915 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002916
Eli Friedmanc131d3b2009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002917 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2918 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2919
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002920 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2921 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2922
2923 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2924 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2925
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002926 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002927 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2928 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002929 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002930 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2931 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2932 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2933 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002934 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002935 case BuiltinType::Short:
2936 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002937 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002938 case BuiltinType::Int:
2939 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002940 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002941 case BuiltinType::Long:
2942 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002943 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002944 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2945 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002946 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002947 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2948 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2949 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002950 }
2951}
2952
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002953/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2954/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2955///
2956/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2957/// promotion occurs.
2958QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
Douglas Gregore05d3cb2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00002959 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
2960 return QualType();
2961
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002962 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
2963 if (!Field)
2964 return QualType();
2965
2966 QualType FT = Field->getType();
2967
2968 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
2969 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
2970 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2971 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
2972 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
2973 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
2974 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
2975 return IntTy;
2976
2977 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
2978 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2979
2980 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
2981 // like the base type.
2982 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
2983 // is ridiculous.
2984 return QualType();
2985}
2986
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002987/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
2988/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
2989/// integer type.
2990QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
2991 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
2992 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002993 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
2994 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002995 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
2996 return IntTy;
2997 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
2998 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2999 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
3000 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3001}
3002
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003003/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003004/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003005/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003006int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003007 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
3008 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003009 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003010
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003011 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3012 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003013
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003014 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
3015 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003016
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003017 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
3018 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
3019 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
3020 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003021
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003022 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
3023 if (LHSUnsigned) {
3024 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
3025 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
3026 return 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003027
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003028 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3029 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003030 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003031 return -1;
3032 }
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003033
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003034 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
3035 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
3036 return -1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003037
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003038 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3039 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003040 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003041 return 1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003042}
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003043
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003044static RecordDecl *
3045CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
3046 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
3047 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3048 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
3049 else
3050 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
3051}
3052
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003053// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003054QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
3055 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003056 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003057 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003058 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003059 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003060
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003061 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003062
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003063 // const int *isa;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003064 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003065 // int flags;
3066 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003067 // const char *str;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003068 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003069 // long length;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003070 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
3071
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003072 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003073 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003074 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003075 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003076 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003077 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003078 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003079 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003080 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003081 }
3082
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003083 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003084 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003085
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003086 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif412af032007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003087}
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003088
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003089void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003090 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003091 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3092 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3093}
3094
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003095// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
3096QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() {
3097 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
3098 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003099 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003100 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
3101 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
3102
3103 QualType FieldTypes[3];
3104
3105 // const int *isa;
3106 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
3107 // const char *str;
3108 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
3109 // unsigned int length;
3110 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
3111
3112 // Create fields
3113 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
3114 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
3115 SourceLocation(), 0,
3116 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
3117 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3118 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003119 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003120 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
3121 }
3122
3123 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
3124 }
3125
3126 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
3127}
3128
3129void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
3130 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3131 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
3132 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3133}
3134
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003135QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003136 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003137 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003138 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003139 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003140 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003141
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003142 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3143 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003144 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003145 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
3146 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
3147 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
3148 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003149
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003150 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003151 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3152 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
3153 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003154 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003155 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003156 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003157 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003158 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003159 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003160
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003161 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003162 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003163
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003164 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
3165}
3166
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003167QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
3168 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3169 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3170
3171 RecordDecl *T;
3172 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003173 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003174 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003175 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003176
3177 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3178 UnsignedLongTy,
3179 UnsignedLongTy,
3180 };
3181
3182 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3183 "reserved",
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003184 "Size"
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003185 };
3186
3187 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
3188 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3189 T,
3190 SourceLocation(),
3191 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003192 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003193 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3194 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003195 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003196 T->addDecl(Field);
3197 }
3198
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003199 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003200
3201 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3202
3203 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3204}
3205
3206void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
3207 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3208 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3209 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
3210}
3211
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003212QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
3213 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3214 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3215
3216 RecordDecl *T;
3217 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003218 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003219 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003220 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003221
3222 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3223 UnsignedLongTy,
3224 UnsignedLongTy,
3225 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3226 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3227 };
3228
3229 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3230 "reserved",
3231 "Size",
3232 "CopyFuncPtr",
3233 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3234 };
3235
3236 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
3237 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3238 T,
3239 SourceLocation(),
3240 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003241 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003242 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3243 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003244 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003245 T->addDecl(Field);
3246 }
3247
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003248 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003249
3250 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3251
3252 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3253}
3254
3255void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3256 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3257 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3258 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3259}
3260
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003261bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
3262 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3263 return true;
3264 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3265 return true;
3266 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3267 return true;
3268 return false;
3269}
3270
Daniel Dunbar56df9772010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003271QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(llvm::StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003272 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003273 // void *__isa;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003274 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003275 // unsigned int __flags;
3276 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedman04831922010-08-22 01:00:03 +00003277 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3278 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003279 // int X;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003280 // } *
3281
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003282 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3283
3284 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003285 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3286 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3287 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003288 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003289 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003290 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003291 T->startDefinition();
3292 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3293 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3294 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3295 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3296 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3297 Int32Ty,
3298 Int32Ty,
3299 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3300 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3301 Ty
3302 };
3303
Daniel Dunbar56df9772010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003304 llvm::StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003305 "__isa",
3306 "__forwarding",
3307 "__flags",
3308 "__size",
3309 "__copy_helper",
3310 "__destroy_helper",
3311 DeclName,
3312 };
3313
3314 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3315 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3316 continue;
3317 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3318 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003319 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003320 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003321 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003322 T->addDecl(Field);
3323 }
3324
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003325 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003326
3327 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003328}
3329
3330
3331QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003332 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003333 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &Layout) {
3334
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003335 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003336 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3337 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3338 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003339 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003340 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003341 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003342 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003343 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3344 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3345 IntTy,
3346 IntTy,
3347 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003348 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3349 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3350 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003351 };
3352
3353 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3354 "__isa",
3355 "__flags",
3356 "__reserved",
3357 "__FuncPtr",
3358 "__descriptor"
3359 };
3360
3361 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003362 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003363 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003364 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003365 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003366 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003367 T->addDecl(Field);
3368 }
3369
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003370 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Layout.size(); ++i) {
3371 const Expr *E = Layout[i];
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003372
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003373 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3374 IdentifierInfo *FieldName = 0;
3375 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
3376 FieldName = &Idents.get("this");
3377 } else if (const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3378 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3379 FieldName = D->getIdentifier();
3380 if (BDRE->isByRef())
Daniel Dunbar56df9772010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003381 FieldType = BuildByRefType(D->getName(), FieldType);
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003382 } else {
3383 // Padding.
3384 assert(isa<ConstantArrayType>(FieldType) &&
3385 isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) &&
3386 !cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl()->getDeclName() &&
3387 "doesn't match characteristics of padding decl");
3388 }
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003389
3390 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003391 FieldName, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003392 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003393 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003394 T->addDecl(Field);
3395 }
3396
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003397 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003398
3399 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003400}
3401
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003402void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003403 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003404 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3405 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3406}
3407
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003408// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3409// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattnere0218992007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003410static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003411 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattner9b1f2792008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003412 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3413 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003414
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003415 return false;
3416}
3417
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003418/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003419/// purpose.
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003420CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003421 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003422
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003423 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003424 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003425 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003426 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3427 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003428 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003429 return sz;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003430}
3431
3432static inline
3433std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3434 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003435}
3436
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003437/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003438/// declaration.
3439void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3440 std::string& S) {
3441 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3442 QualType BlockTy =
3443 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3444 // Encode result type.
John McCall8e346702010-06-04 19:02:56 +00003445 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003446 // Compute size of all parameters.
3447 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3448 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3449 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003450 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3451 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003452 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003453 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3454 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003455 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003456 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003457 ParmOffset += sz;
3458 }
3459 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003460 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003461 // Block pointer and offset.
3462 S += "@?0";
3463 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3464
3465 // Argument types.
3466 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3467 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3468 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3469 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3470 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3471 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3472 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3473 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3474 // elements.
3475 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3476 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3477 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3478 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3479 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003480 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003481 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003482 }
3483}
3484
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003485/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003486/// declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003487void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattner230fc3d2008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003488 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003489 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003490 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003491 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003492 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003493 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003494 // Compute size of all parameters.
3495 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3496 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3497 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003498 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003499 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3500 // their size.
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003501 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003502 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003503 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003504 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003505 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003506 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3507 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003508 ParmOffset += sz;
3509 }
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003510 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003511 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003512 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003513
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003514 // Argument types.
3515 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003516 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003517 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003518 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003519 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003520 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003521 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3522 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3523 // elements.
Steve Naroff323827e2009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003524 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003525 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3526 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3527 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003528 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003529 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003530 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003531 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003532 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003533 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003534 }
3535}
3536
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003537/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003538/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003539/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3540/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003541/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3542/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3543/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3544/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3545/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003546/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3547/// @code
3548/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3549/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3550/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3551/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3552/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3553/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3554/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3555/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3556/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3557/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3558/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3559/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3560/// };
3561/// @endcode
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003562void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003563 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattner230fc3d2008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003564 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003565 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3566 bool Dynamic = false;
3567 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3568
3569 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3570 if (Container) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003571 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003572 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3573 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003574 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003575 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003576 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3577 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3578 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3579 Dynamic = true;
3580 } else {
3581 SynthesizePID = PID;
3582 }
3583 }
3584 }
3585 } else {
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003586 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003587 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003588 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003589 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003590 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3591 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3592 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3593 Dynamic = true;
3594 } else {
3595 SynthesizePID = PID;
3596 }
3597 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003598 }
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003599 }
3600 }
3601
3602 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3603 S = "T";
3604
3605 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003606 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3607 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003608 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003609 true /* outermost type */,
3610 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003611
3612 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3613 S += ",R";
3614 } else {
3615 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3616 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3617 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003618 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003619 }
3620 }
3621
3622 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3623 // are "dynamic by default".
3624 if (Dynamic)
3625 S += ",D";
3626
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003627 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3628 S += ",N";
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003629
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003630 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3631 S += ",G";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003632 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003633 }
3634
3635 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3636 S += ",S";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003637 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003638 }
3639
3640 if (SynthesizePID) {
3641 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3642 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner1cbaacc2008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003643 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003644 }
3645
3646 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3647}
3648
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003649/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003650/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3651/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003652/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3653///
3654void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003655 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003656 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian77b6b5d2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003657 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3658 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003659 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003660 else
Fariborz Jahanian77b6b5d2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003661 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3662 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003663 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3664 }
3665 }
3666}
3667
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003668void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003669 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003670 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3671 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3672 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3673 // same type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003674 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahaniandaef00b2008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003675 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003676}
3677
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003678static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
3679 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
3680 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
3681 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
3682 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
3683 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3684 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
3685 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
3686 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
3687 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3688 return
3689 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
3690 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
3691 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
3692 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3693 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
3694 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
John McCalldad856d2010-06-11 10:11:05 +00003695 case BuiltinType::WChar:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003696 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
3697 case BuiltinType::Long:
3698 return
3699 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
3700 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
3701 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
3702 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
3703 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
3704 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'd';
3705 }
3706}
3707
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003708static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003709 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003710 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3711 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3712 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003713 S += 'b';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003714 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
3715 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
3716 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
3717 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
3718 //
3719 // struct
3720 // {
3721 // int integer;
3722 // int flags:2;
3723 // };
3724 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
3725 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
3726 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
3727 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
3728 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
3729 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
3730 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
3731 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
3732 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might
3733 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the
3734 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used.
3735 unsigned i = 0;
3736 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(),
3737 FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
3738 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) {
3739 if (*Field == FD)
3740 break;
3741 }
3742 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
3743 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Context, T);
3744 }
3745 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003746 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3747}
3748
Daniel Dunbar07d07852009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003749// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003750void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3751 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3752 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003753 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003754 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003755 bool EncodingProperty) {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003756 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003757 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003758 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
3759 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003760 return;
3761 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003762
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003763 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003764 S += 'j';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003765 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003766 false);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003767 return;
3768 }
Fariborz Jahaniand25c2192009-11-23 20:40:50 +00003769
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003770 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
3771 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003772 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian89b660c2009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003773 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
3774 S += ':';
3775 return;
3776 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003777 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
3778 }
3779 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3780 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
3781 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003782 bool isReadOnly = false;
3783 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3784 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3785 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003786 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003787 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003788 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3789 isReadOnly = true;
3790 S += 'r';
3791 }
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003792 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003793 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003794 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3795 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003796 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3797 isReadOnly = true;
3798 S += 'r';
3799 }
3800 }
3801 if (isReadOnly) {
3802 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3803 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3804 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00003805 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
3806 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003807 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003808
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003809 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3810 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3811 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003812 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003813 S += '*';
3814 return;
3815 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003816 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff3de6b702009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003817 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3818 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3819 S += '#';
3820 return;
3821 }
3822 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3823 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3824 S += '@';
3825 return;
3826 }
3827 // fall through...
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003828 }
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003829 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003830 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3831
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003832 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003833 NULL);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003834 return;
3835 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003836
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003837 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3838 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3839 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003840 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3841 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3842 S += '^';
3843
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003844 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003845 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3846 } else {
3847 S += '[';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003848
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003849 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3850 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3851 else {
3852 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3853 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3854 S += '0';
3855 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003856
3857 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003858 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3859 S += ']';
3860 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003861 return;
3862 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003863
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003864 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssondf4cc612007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003865 S += '?';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003866 return;
3867 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003868
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003869 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003870 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003871 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003872 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3873 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3874 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00003875 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
3876 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
3877 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
3878 std::string TemplateArgsStr
3879 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
3880 TemplateArgs.getFlatArgumentList(),
3881 TemplateArgs.flat_size(),
3882 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
3883
3884 S += TemplateArgsStr;
3885 }
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003886 } else {
3887 S += '?';
3888 }
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003889 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003890 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003891 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3892 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003893 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003894 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003895 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003896 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003897 S += '"';
3898 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003899
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003900 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003901 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003902 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003903 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003904 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003905 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3906 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003907 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003908 FD);
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003909 }
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003910 }
Fariborz Jahanianbc92fd72007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003911 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003912 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003913 return;
3914 }
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00003915
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003916 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003917 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003918 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003919 else
3920 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003921 return;
3922 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003923
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003924 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff49140cb2009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003925 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003926 return;
3927 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003928
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003929 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
3930 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
3931 T = OT->getBaseType();
3932
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003933 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003934 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003935 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003936 S += '{';
3937 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3938 S += II->getName();
3939 S += '=';
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00003940 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
3941 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
3942 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
3943 FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
3944 if (Field->isBitField())
3945 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003946 else
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00003947 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003948 }
3949 S += '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003950 return;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003951 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003952
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003953 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003954 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3955 S += '@';
3956 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003957 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003958
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003959 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
3960 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
3961 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
3962 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003963 S += '#';
3964 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003965 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003966
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003967 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003968 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003969 ExpandPointedToStructures,
3970 ExpandStructures, FD);
3971 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
3972 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
3973 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003974 S += '"';
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003975 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3976 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003977 S += '<';
3978 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3979 S += '>';
3980 }
3981 S += '"';
3982 }
3983 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003984 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003985
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003986 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
3987 if (!EncodingProperty &&
3988 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
3989 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003990 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003991 // {...};
3992 S += '^';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003993 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
3994 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003995 NULL);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003996 return;
3997 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003998
3999 S += '@';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004000 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004001 S += '"';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004002 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004003 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4004 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004005 S += '<';
4006 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4007 S += '>';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004008 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004009 S += '"';
4010 }
4011 return;
4012 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004013
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00004014 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
4015 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
4016 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4017 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004018
4019 if (T->isVectorType()) {
4020 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
4021 // insufficient.
4022 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
4023 return;
4024 }
4025
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004026 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004027}
4028
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004029void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004030 std::string& S) const {
4031 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
4032 S += 'n';
4033 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
4034 S += 'N';
4035 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
4036 S += 'o';
4037 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
4038 S += 'O';
4039 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
4040 S += 'R';
4041 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
4042 S += 'V';
4043}
4044
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004045void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004046 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004047
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004048 BuiltinVaListType = T;
4049}
4050
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004051void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004052 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +00004053}
4054
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004055void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +00004056 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanian4bef4622007-10-16 20:40:23 +00004057}
4058
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004059void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004060 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahaniana32aaef2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00004061}
4062
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004063void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004064 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlssonf56a7ae2007-10-31 02:53:19 +00004065}
4066
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004067void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004068 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004069 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004070
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004071 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004072}
4073
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004074/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
4075/// lookup.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004076TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
4077 UnresolvedSetIterator End) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004078 unsigned size = End - Begin;
4079 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
4080
4081 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4082 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4083 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4084
4085 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004086 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004087 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4088 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4089 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4090 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4091 *Storage++ = D;
4092 }
4093
4094 return TemplateName(OT);
4095}
4096
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004097/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4098/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004099TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004100 bool TemplateKeyword,
4101 TemplateDecl *Template) {
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004102 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004103 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4104 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4105
4106 void *InsertPos = 0;
4107 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4108 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4109 if (!QTN) {
4110 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4111 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4112 }
4113
4114 return TemplateName(QTN);
4115}
4116
4117/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4118/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004119TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004120 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004121 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004122 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004123
4124 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4125 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
4126
4127 void *InsertPos = 0;
4128 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
4129 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4130
4131 if (QTN)
4132 return TemplateName(QTN);
4133
4134 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4135 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4136 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
4137 } else {
4138 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
4139 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004140 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
4141 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4142 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
4143 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004144 }
4145
4146 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4147 return TemplateName(QTN);
4148}
4149
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004150/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4151/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
4152TemplateName
4153ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4154 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
4155 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
4156 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
4157
4158 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4159 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
4160
4161 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004162 DependentTemplateName *QTN
4163 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004164
4165 if (QTN)
4166 return TemplateName(QTN);
4167
4168 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4169 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4170 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
4171 } else {
4172 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
4173 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004174
4175 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
4176 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4177 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
4178 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004179 }
4180
4181 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4182 return TemplateName(QTN);
4183}
4184
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004185/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregorab138572008-11-03 15:57:00 +00004186/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
4187/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004188CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004189 switch (Type) {
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004190 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004191 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
4192 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
4193 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
4194 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
4195 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
4196 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
4197 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
4198 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
4199 }
4200
4201 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004202 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004203}
Ted Kremenek77c51b22008-07-24 23:58:27 +00004204
4205//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4206// Type Predicates.
4207//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4208
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004209/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
4210/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
4211/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004212/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004213///
4214bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
4215 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
4216 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004217 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004218 return true;
4219 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004220 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004221}
4222
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004223/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
4224/// garbage collection attribute.
4225///
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004226Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
4227 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004228 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
4229 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004230 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004231 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004232 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahanian0f466c72009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004233 // as __strong.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004234 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d6298b2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00004235 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004236 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahanian0f466c72009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004237 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004238 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahanian0f466c72009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004239 }
Fariborz Jahaniand381cde2009-04-11 00:00:54 +00004240 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
4241 // set on them.
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004242 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004243 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004244 }
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004245 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004246}
4247
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004248//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4249// Type Compatibility Testing
4250//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerb338a6b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00004251
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004252/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004253/// compatible.
4254static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
4255 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004256 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004257 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004258 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004259}
4260
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004261bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
4262 QualType SecondVec) {
4263 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
4264 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
4265
4266 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
4267 return true;
4268
4269 // AltiVec vectors types are identical to equivalent GCC vector types
4270 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4271 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4272 if ((((First->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::AltiVec) &&
4273 (Second->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::NotAltiVec)) ||
4274 ((First->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::NotAltiVec) &&
4275 (Second->getAltiVecSpecific() == VectorType::AltiVec))) &&
4276 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
4277 (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements()))
4278 return true;
4279
4280 return false;
4281}
4282
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004283//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4284// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
4285//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4286
4287/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
4288/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004289bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
4290 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004291 if (lProto == rProto)
4292 return true;
4293 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
4294 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
4295 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
4296 return true;
4297 return false;
4298}
4299
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004300/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
4301/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
4302/// otherwise.
4303bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4304 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4305 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
4306 return false;
4307}
4308
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004309/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
4310/// Class<p1, ...>.
4311bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
4312 QualType rhs) {
4313 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4314 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4315 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
4316
4317 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4318 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4319 bool match = false;
4320 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4321 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4322 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4323 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4324 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
4325 match = true;
4326 break;
4327 }
4328 }
4329 if (!match)
4330 return false;
4331 }
4332 return true;
4333}
4334
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004335/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
4336/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
4337bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4338 bool compare) {
4339 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004340 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004341 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
4342 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004343 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004344 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
4345 return true;
4346
4347 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004348 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004349
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004350 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004351
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004352 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004353 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004354 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4355 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4356 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4357 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4358 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4359 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4360 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004361 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004362 return false;
4363 }
4364 }
4365 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4366 return true;
4367 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004368 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004369 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4370 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4371 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4372 bool match = false;
4373
4374 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4375 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4376 // through its super class and categories.
4377 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4378 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4379 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4380 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4381 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4382 match = true;
4383 break;
4384 }
4385 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004386 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004387 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4388 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4389 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4390 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4391 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4392 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4393 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004394 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004395 match = true;
4396 break;
4397 }
4398 }
4399 }
4400 if (!match)
4401 return false;
4402 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004403
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004404 return true;
4405 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004406
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004407 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4408 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4409
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004410 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004411 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
4412 if (lhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
4413 bool match = false;
4414 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4415 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4416 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanianec430222010-08-09 18:21:43 +00004417 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
4418 // static class must implement all of id's protocols directly or
4419 // indirectly through its super class.
Fariborz Jahanian753783a2010-08-12 20:46:12 +00004420 if (lhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004421 match = true;
4422 break;
4423 }
4424 }
4425 if (!match)
4426 return false;
4427 }
4428 return true;
4429 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004430 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004431 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4432 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4433 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4434 bool match = false;
4435
4436 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4437 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4438 // through its super class and categories.
4439 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4440 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4441 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4442 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4443 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4444 match = true;
4445 break;
4446 }
4447 }
4448 if (!match)
4449 return false;
4450 }
4451 return true;
4452 }
4453 return false;
4454}
4455
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004456/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004457/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4458/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4459///
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004460bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4461 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004462 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4463 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4464
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004465 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004466 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
4467 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004468 return true;
4469
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004470 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004471 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4472 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004473 false);
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004474
4475 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
4476 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4477 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
4478
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004479 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
4480 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004481 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004482
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004483 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004484}
4485
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004486/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
4487/// for providing type-safty for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
4488/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
4489/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
4490/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
4491bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4492 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4493 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004494 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004495 return true;
4496
4497 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4498 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
4499 }
4500
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004501 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004502 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4503 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
4504 false);
4505
4506 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4507 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4508 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
4509 if (LHS != RHS) {
4510 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4511 return false;
4512 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
4513 return true;
4514 }
4515 else
4516 return true;
4517 }
4518 return false;
4519}
4520
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004521/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4522/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4523/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4524/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4525static
4526void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4527 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4528 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4529 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4530
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004531 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4532 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4533 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
4534 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004535
4536 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4537 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4538 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4539 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4540 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004541 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004542 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
4543 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004544 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4545 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4546 }
4547
4548 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4549 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohman145f3f12010-04-19 16:39:44 +00004550 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
4551 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004552 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4553 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4554 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4555 }
4556 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004557 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004558 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
4559 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004560 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4561 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4562 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
4563 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
4564 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004565 }
4566}
4567
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004568/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4569/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4570/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4571/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4572QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004573 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
4574 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
4575 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
4576 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
4577 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
4578 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
4579 if (!LDecl || !RDecl)
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004580 return QualType();
4581
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004582 while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())) {
4583 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004584 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004585 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
4586 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
4587
4588 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
4589 if (!Protocols.empty())
4590 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
4591 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
4592 return Result;
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004593 }
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004594 }
4595
4596 return QualType();
4597}
4598
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004599bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
4600 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
4601 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
4602 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
4603
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004604 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4605 // the LHS.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004606 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004607 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004608
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004609 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4610 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004611 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004612 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004613
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004614 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4615 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004616 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004617 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004618
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004619 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4620 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004621 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4622 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4623
4624 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4625 // are incompatible.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004626 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
4627 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004628 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4629 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004630 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004631 break;
4632 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004633 }
4634 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4635 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4636 return false;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004637 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004638 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4639 return true;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004640}
4641
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004642bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4643 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004644 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4645 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004646
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004647 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004648 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004649
4650 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4651 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004652}
4653
Douglas Gregor8b2d2fe2010-08-07 11:51:51 +00004654bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
4655 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
4656 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4657 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
4658}
4659
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004660/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004661/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004662/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004663/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004664bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
4665 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004666 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4667 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
4668
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004669 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004670}
4671
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004672bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4673 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
4674}
4675
4676QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004677 bool OfBlockPointer,
4678 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004679 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4680 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004681 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4682 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004683 bool allLTypes = true;
4684 bool allRTypes = true;
4685
4686 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004687 QualType retType;
4688 if (OfBlockPointer)
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004689 retType = mergeTypes(rbase->getResultType(), lbase->getResultType(), true,
4690 Unqualified);
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004691 else
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004692 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(),
4693 false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004694 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004695
4696 if (Unqualified)
4697 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
4698
4699 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
4700 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
4701 if (Unqualified) {
4702 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4703 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4704 }
4705
4706 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004707 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004708 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004709 allRTypes = false;
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004710 // FIXME: double check this
4711 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4712 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4713 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004714 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
4715 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004716 unsigned RegParm = lbaseInfo.getRegParm() == 0 ? rbaseInfo.getRegParm() :
4717 lbaseInfo.getRegParm();
4718 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
4719 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4720 RegParm != lbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4721 allLTypes = false;
4722 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4723 RegParm != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4724 allRTypes = false;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004725 CallingConv lcc = lbaseInfo.getCC();
4726 CallingConv rcc = rbaseInfo.getCC();
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004727 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00004728 if (!isSameCallConv(lcc, rcc))
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004729 return QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004730
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004731 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004732 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4733 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004734 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4735 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4736
4737 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4738 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4739 return QualType();
4740
4741 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4742 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4743 return QualType();
4744
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22a37352008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004745 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4746 return QualType();
4747
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004748 // Check argument compatibility
4749 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4750 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4751 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4752 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004753 QualType argtype = mergeTypes(largtype, rargtype, OfBlockPointer,
4754 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004755 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004756
4757 if (Unqualified)
4758 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4759
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004760 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004761 if (Unqualified) {
4762 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4763 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4764 }
4765
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004766 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4767 allLTypes = false;
4768 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4769 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004770 }
4771 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4772 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4773 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump8c5d7992009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004774 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004775 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004776 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004777 }
4778
4779 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4780 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4781
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004782 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004783 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004784 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004785 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4786 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4787 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4788 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4789 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4790 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4791 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4792 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4793 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00004794
4795 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
4796 // to pass enum values.
4797 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4798 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
4799
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004800 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4801 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4802 return QualType();
4803 }
4804
4805 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4806 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4807 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump21e0f892009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004808 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004809 proto->getTypeQuals(),
4810 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004811 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004812 }
4813
4814 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4815 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004816 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc);
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004817 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, Info);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004818}
4819
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004820QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004821 bool OfBlockPointer,
4822 bool Unqualified) {
Bill Wendlingdb4e3492007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004823 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4824 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4825 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004826 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4827 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004828 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
4829 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004830
4831 if (Unqualified) {
4832 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4833 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4834 }
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004835
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004836 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4837 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4838
4839 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4840 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4841 return LHS;
4842
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004843 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004844 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4845 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004846 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4847 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4848 // mismatch.
4849 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4850 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4851 return QualType();
4852
4853 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4854 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4855 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4856 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4857 // qualified __strong.
4858 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4859 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4860 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4861
4862 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4863 return QualType();
4864
4865 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4866 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4867 }
4868 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4869 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4870 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004871 return QualType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004872 }
4873
4874 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004875
Eli Friedmandcca6332009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004876 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4877 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004878
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004879 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4880 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4881 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4882 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman16f90962008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004883
4884 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004885 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4886 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4887 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4888 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004889
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004890 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
4891 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
4892 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
4893
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004894 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4895 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4896 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004897
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004898 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004899 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004900 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004901 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004902 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
4903 // type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004904 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004905 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4906 return RHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004907 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004908 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004909 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4910 return LHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004911 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004912
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004913 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004914 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004915
Steve Naroffc6edcbd2008-01-09 22:43:08 +00004916 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004917 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004918#define TYPE(Class, Base)
4919#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallbd8d9bd2010-03-01 23:49:17 +00004920#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004921#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4922#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4923#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
4924 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
4925 return QualType();
4926
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004927 case Type::LValueReference:
4928 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004929 case Type::MemberPointer:
4930 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
4931 return QualType();
4932
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004933 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004934 case Type::IncompleteArray:
4935 case Type::VariableArray:
4936 case Type::FunctionProto:
4937 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004938 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
4939 return QualType();
4940
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004941 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004942 {
4943 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004944 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4945 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004946 if (Unqualified) {
4947 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
4948 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
4949 }
4950 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
4951 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004952 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004953 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004954 return LHS;
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004955 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004956 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004957 return getPointerType(ResultType);
4958 }
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004959 case Type::BlockPointer:
4960 {
4961 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004962 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4963 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004964 if (Unqualified) {
4965 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
4966 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
4967 }
4968 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
4969 Unqualified);
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004970 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
4971 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4972 return LHS;
4973 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4974 return RHS;
4975 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
4976 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004977 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004978 {
4979 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
4980 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
4981 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
4982 return QualType();
4983
4984 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
4985 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004986 if (Unqualified) {
4987 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
4988 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
4989 }
4990
4991 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004992 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004993 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4994 return LHS;
4995 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4996 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004997 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
4998 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
4999 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
5000 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005001 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
5002 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005003 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5004 return LHS;
5005 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5006 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005007 if (LVAT) {
5008 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5009 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
5010 // has to be different.
5011 return LHS;
5012 }
5013 if (RVAT) {
5014 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5015 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
5016 // has to be different.
5017 return RHS;
5018 }
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005019 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
5020 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00005021 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
5022 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005023 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005024 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005025 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005026 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005027 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005028 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005029 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005030 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005031 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar804c0442009-01-28 21:22:12 +00005032 case Type::Complex:
5033 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
5034 return QualType();
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005035 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005036 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall44c064b2010-03-12 23:14:13 +00005037 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
5038 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005039 return LHS;
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005040 return QualType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005041 case Type::ObjCObject: {
5042 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005043 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
5044 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005045 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5046 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5047 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff7a7814c2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00005048 return LHS;
5049
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005050 return QualType();
Cedric Venet4fc88b72009-02-21 17:14:49 +00005051 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005052 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005053 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5054 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5055 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5056 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
5057 return LHS;
5058 return QualType();
5059 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005060 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5061 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005062 return LHS;
5063
Steve Naroffc68cfcf2008-12-10 22:14:21 +00005064 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005065 }
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005066 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005067
5068 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005069}
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00005070
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005071/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
5072/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
5073/// return types.
5074QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5075 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5076 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5077 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5078 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5079 return LHS;
5080 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
5081 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
5082 return QualType();
5083 QualType OldReturnType =
5084 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5085 QualType NewReturnType =
5086 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5087 QualType ResReturnType =
5088 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
5089 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
5090 return QualType();
5091 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
5092 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
5093 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
5094 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
5095 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
5096 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
5097 QualType ResultType
5098 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5099 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
5100 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
5101 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
5102 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
5103 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
5104 FPT->exception_begin(),
5105 Info);
5106 return ResultType;
5107 }
5108 }
5109 return QualType();
5110 }
5111
5112 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
5113 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5114 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5115 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5116 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
5117 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5118 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5119 return QualType();
5120
5121 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5122 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5123 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5124 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5125 // qualified __strong.
5126 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5127 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5128 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5129
5130 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5131 return QualType();
5132
5133 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
5134 return LHS;
5135 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
5136 return RHS;
5137 return QualType();
5138 }
5139
5140 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5141 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5142 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5143 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
5144 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
5145 return LHS;
5146 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
5147 return RHS;
5148 }
5149 return QualType();
5150}
5151
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +00005152//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005153// Integer Predicates
5154//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner3c919712009-01-16 07:15:35 +00005155
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005156unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
Sebastian Redl87869bc2009-11-05 21:10:57 +00005157 if (T->isBooleanType())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005158 return 1;
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005159 if (EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedmanee275c82009-12-10 22:29:29 +00005160 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00005161 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005162 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
5163}
5164
5165QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregor5cc2c8b2010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005166 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005167
5168 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
5169 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
5170 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005171 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getAltiVecSpecific());
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005172
5173 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
5174 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005175 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005176
5177 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5178 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005179 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
5180 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5181 case BuiltinType::SChar:
5182 return UnsignedCharTy;
5183 case BuiltinType::Short:
5184 return UnsignedShortTy;
5185 case BuiltinType::Int:
5186 return UnsignedIntTy;
5187 case BuiltinType::Long:
5188 return UnsignedLongTy;
5189 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
5190 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00005191 case BuiltinType::Int128:
5192 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005193 default:
5194 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
5195 return QualType();
5196 }
5197}
5198
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +00005199ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
5200
5201void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005202
5203
5204//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5205// Builtin Type Computation
5206//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5207
5208/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005209/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
5210/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
5211/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
5212/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005213///
5214/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
5215/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005216static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005217 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005218 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005219 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005220 // Modifiers.
5221 int HowLong = 0;
5222 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005223 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005224
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005225 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005226 bool Done = false;
5227 while (!Done) {
5228 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005229 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005230 case 'I':
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005231 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005232 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005233 case 'S':
5234 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5235 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5236 Signed = true;
5237 break;
5238 case 'U':
5239 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5240 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5241 Unsigned = true;
5242 break;
5243 case 'L':
5244 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
5245 ++HowLong;
5246 break;
5247 }
5248 }
5249
5250 QualType Type;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005251
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005252 // Read the base type.
5253 switch (*Str++) {
5254 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
5255 case 'v':
5256 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5257 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
5258 Type = Context.VoidTy;
5259 break;
5260 case 'f':
5261 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5262 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
5263 Type = Context.FloatTy;
5264 break;
5265 case 'd':
5266 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5267 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
5268 if (HowLong)
5269 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
5270 else
5271 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
5272 break;
5273 case 's':
5274 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
5275 if (Unsigned)
5276 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5277 else
5278 Type = Context.ShortTy;
5279 break;
5280 case 'i':
5281 if (HowLong == 3)
5282 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
5283 else if (HowLong == 2)
5284 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
5285 else if (HowLong == 1)
5286 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
5287 else
5288 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
5289 break;
5290 case 'c':
5291 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
5292 if (Signed)
5293 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
5294 else if (Unsigned)
5295 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
5296 else
5297 Type = Context.CharTy;
5298 break;
5299 case 'b': // boolean
5300 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
5301 Type = Context.BoolTy;
5302 break;
5303 case 'z': // size_t.
5304 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
5305 Type = Context.getSizeType();
5306 break;
5307 case 'F':
5308 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
5309 break;
5310 case 'a':
5311 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5312 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
5313 break;
5314 case 'A':
5315 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
5316 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
5317 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
5318 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
5319 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
5320 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
5321 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
5322 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
5323 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5324 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005325 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005326 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005327 else
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005328 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005329 break;
5330 case 'V': {
5331 char *End;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005332 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5333 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005334 Str = End;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005335
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005336 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
5337 RequiresICE, false);
5338 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005339
5340 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005341 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
5342 VectorType::NotAltiVec);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005343 break;
5344 }
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005345 case 'X': {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005346 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
5347 false);
5348 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005349 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
5350 break;
5351 }
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005352 case 'P':
Douglas Gregor27821ce2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00005353 Type = Context.getFILEType();
5354 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005355 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005356 return QualType();
5357 }
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005358 break;
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005359 case 'J':
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005360 if (Signed)
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005361 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005362 else
5363 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
5364
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005365 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005366 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005367 return QualType();
5368 }
5369 break;
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005370 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005371
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005372 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
5373 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005374 while (!Done) {
John McCallb8b94662010-03-12 04:21:28 +00005375 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005376 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
5377 case '*':
5378 case '&': {
5379 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
5380 // qualified with an address space.
5381 char *End;
5382 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5383 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
5384 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
5385 Str = End;
5386 }
5387 if (c == '*')
5388 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
5389 else
5390 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
5391 break;
5392 }
5393 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
5394 case 'C':
5395 Type = Type.withConst();
5396 break;
5397 case 'D':
5398 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
5399 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005400 }
5401 }
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005402
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005403 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005404 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005405
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005406 return Type;
5407}
5408
5409/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005410QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005411 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
5412 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005413 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005414
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005415 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005416
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005417 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005418 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005419 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
5420 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005421 if (Error != GE_None)
5422 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005423
5424 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
5425
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005426 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005427 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005428 if (Error != GE_None)
5429 return QualType();
5430
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005431 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
5432 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
5433 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
5434 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
5435
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005436 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
5437 if (Ty->isArrayType())
5438 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005439
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005440 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
5441 }
5442
5443 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
5444 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
5445
5446 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
5447 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
5448 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005449
5450 // FIXME: Should we create noreturn types?
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005451 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005452 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00005453 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005454}
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005455
5456QualType
5457ASTContext::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
5458 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
5459 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
5460 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
5461 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
5462 // equivalent.
5463 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
5464 lhs = getPromotedIntegerType(lhs);
5465 else
5466 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
5467 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
5468 rhs = getPromotedIntegerType(rhs);
5469 else
5470 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
5471
5472 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
5473 if (lhs == rhs)
5474 return lhs;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005475
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005476 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
5477 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
5478 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
5479 return lhs;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005480
5481 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
5482
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005483 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
5484 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
5485 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005486 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005487 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
5488 return lhs;
5489 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005490 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005491 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
5492 return rhs;
5493 }
5494 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005495 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
5496 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
5497 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
5498 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005499 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005500 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005501 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005502 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005503 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
5504 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005505
5506 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005507 rhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005508 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005509 lhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005510 }
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005511 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
5512 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
5513 // does not require this promotion.
5514 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
5515 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
5516 return rhs;
5517 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
5518 return lhs;
5519 }
5520 }
5521 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
5522 }
5523 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
5524 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
5525 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
5526 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
5527 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
5528 return lhs;
5529 }
5530 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
5531 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
5532 return getComplexType(lhs);
5533 }
5534 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
5535 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
5536 return rhs;
5537 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005538 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005539 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
5540 return getComplexType(rhs);
5541 }
5542 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
5543 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
5544 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
5545 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
5546 return lhs;
5547 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
5548 return rhs; // convert the lhs
5549 }
5550 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
5551 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
5552 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
5553 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
5554
5555 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005556 if (getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005557 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
5558 return lhs; // convert the rhs
5559 return rhs;
5560 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
5561 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
5562 return lhs;
5563 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
5564 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
5565 return rhs;
5566 }
5567 }
5568 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
5569 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
5570 int compare = getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Douglas Gregor5cc2c8b2010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005571 bool lhsSigned = lhs->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(),
5572 rhsSigned = rhs->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005573 QualType destType;
5574 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
5575 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
5576 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
5577 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
5578 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
5579 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
5580 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
5581 } else if (getIntWidth(lhs) != getIntWidth(rhs)) {
5582 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
5583 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
5584 // use the signed type.
5585 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
5586 } else {
5587 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
5588 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
5589 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
5590 // to the signed type.
5591 destType = getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
5592 }
5593 return destType;
5594}
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005595
5596GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5597 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5598
5599 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
5600 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5601 FD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5602 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5603
5604 switch (L) {
5605 case NoLinkage:
5606 case InternalLinkage:
5607 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5608 return GVA_Internal;
5609
5610 case ExternalLinkage:
5611 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
5612 case TSK_Undeclared:
5613 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5614 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5615 break;
5616
5617 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5618 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5619
5620 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5621 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5622 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5623 break;
5624 }
5625 }
5626
5627 if (!FD->isInlined())
5628 return External;
5629
5630 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
5631 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
5632 // externally visible.
5633 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
5634 return External;
5635
5636 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
5637 return GVA_C99Inline;
5638 }
5639
5640 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
5641 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
5642 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
5643 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
5644 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
5645 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
5646 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
5647 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
5648 return GVA_C99Inline;
5649
5650 return GVA_CXXInline;
5651}
5652
5653GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
5654 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
5655 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
5656 // template.
5657 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
5658 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
5659 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
5660
5661 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
5662 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5663 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5664 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5665
5666 switch (L) {
5667 case NoLinkage:
5668 case InternalLinkage:
5669 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5670 return GVA_Internal;
5671
5672 case ExternalLinkage:
5673 switch (TSK) {
5674 case TSK_Undeclared:
5675 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5676 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5677
5678 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5679 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
5680 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
5681
5682 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5683 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5684
5685 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5686 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5687 }
5688 }
5689
5690 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5691}
5692
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc9049332010-07-29 20:08:05 +00005693bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005694 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5695 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
5696 return false;
5697 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
5698 return false;
5699
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005700 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
5701 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
5702 return false;
5703
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005704 // Aliases and used decls are required.
5705 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
5706 return true;
5707
5708 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5709 // Forward declarations aren't required.
5710 if (!FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
5711 return false;
5712
5713 // Constructors and destructors are required.
5714 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
5715 return true;
5716
5717 // The key function for a class is required.
5718 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5719 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
5720 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
5721 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
5722 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
5723 return true;
5724 }
5725 }
5726
5727 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
5728
5729 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
5730 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
5731 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
5732 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
5733 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
5734 return false;
5735 return true;
5736 }
5737
5738 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
5739 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
5740
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005741 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
5742 return false;
5743
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005744 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
5745
5746 // FIXME: Handle references.
5747 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5748 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1b30d9c2010-08-15 01:15:20 +00005749 if (RD->hasDefinition() &&
5750 (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005751 return true;
5752 }
5753 }
5754
5755 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
5756 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
5757 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
5758 return false;
5759 }
5760
5761 return true;
5762}
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00005763
5764CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}